diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c7014f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Help keep the website free (and ad-free) + +Each time you add or move GPS points, our servers calculate the best route on the road network. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Unfortunately, this is expensive. +If you enjoy using this tool and find it valuable, please consider making a small donation to help keep the website free and ad-free. + +Thank you very much for your support! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3085ec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox is the company that provides some of the beautiful maps on this website. +They also develop the map engine which powers **gpx.studio**. + +We are incredibly fortunate and grateful to be part of their Community program, which supports nonprofits, educational institutions, and positive impact organizations. +This partnership allows **gpx.studio** to benefit from Mapbox tools at discounted prices, greatly contributing to the financial viability of the project and enabling us to offer the best possible user experience. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a366d6ab --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Translation + +The website is translated by volunteers using a collaborative translation platform. +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. + +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. + +Qualsevol ajuda és molt apreciada! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92319c8a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ca/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Time +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c7014f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Help keep the website free (and ad-free) + +Each time you add or move GPS points, our servers calculate the best route on the road network. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Unfortunately, this is expensive. +If you enjoy using this tool and find it valuable, please consider making a small donation to help keep the website free and ad-free. + +Thank you very much for your support! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3085ec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox is the company that provides some of the beautiful maps on this website. +They also develop the map engine which powers **gpx.studio**. + +We are incredibly fortunate and grateful to be part of their Community program, which supports nonprofits, educational institutions, and positive impact organizations. +This partnership allows **gpx.studio** to benefit from Mapbox tools at discounted prices, greatly contributing to the financial viability of the project and enabling us to offer the best possible user experience. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b073786c --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Translation + +The website is translated by volunteers using a collaborative translation platform. +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. + +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. + +Jakákoliv pomoc je velmi ceněna! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92319c8a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/cs/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Time +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c7014f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Help keep the website free (and ad-free) + +Each time you add or move GPS points, our servers calculate the best route on the road network. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Unfortunately, this is expensive. +If you enjoy using this tool and find it valuable, please consider making a small donation to help keep the website free and ad-free. + +Thank you very much for your support! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3085ec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox is the company that provides some of the beautiful maps on this website. +They also develop the map engine which powers **gpx.studio**. + +We are incredibly fortunate and grateful to be part of their Community program, which supports nonprofits, educational institutions, and positive impact organizations. +This partnership allows **gpx.studio** to benefit from Mapbox tools at discounted prices, greatly contributing to the financial viability of the project and enabling us to offer the best possible user experience. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba41d8db --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Translation + +The website is translated by volunteers using a collaborative translation platform. +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. + +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. + +Jede Hilfe ist sehr willkommen! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..50a35d7a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/de/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Zeit +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c7014f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Help keep the website free (and ad-free) + +Each time you add or move GPS points, our servers calculate the best route on the road network. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Unfortunately, this is expensive. +If you enjoy using this tool and find it valuable, please consider making a small donation to help keep the website free and ad-free. + +Thank you very much for your support! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3085ec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox is the company that provides some of the beautiful maps on this website. +They also develop the map engine which powers **gpx.studio**. + +We are incredibly fortunate and grateful to be part of their Community program, which supports nonprofits, educational institutions, and positive impact organizations. +This partnership allows **gpx.studio** to benefit from Mapbox tools at discounted prices, greatly contributing to the financial viability of the project and enabling us to offer the best possible user experience. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1299512e --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Translation + +The website is translated by volunteers using a collaborative translation platform. +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. + +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. + +Any help is greatly appreciated! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92319c8a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/el/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Time +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4bf6a7a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### Selección de archivo + +Al hacer clic en una pestaña, puede alternar entre archivos para inspeccionar sus estadísticas y aplicarles [edit actions](./menu/edit) y [tools](./toolbar/). +Manteniendo presionada la tecla Ctrl/Cmd, puede añadir o eliminar archivos a la selección y manteniendo presionada la tecla Shift, puede seleccionar un conjunto de archivos. +La mayoría de las [edit actions](./menu/edit) y [tools](./toolbar/) se pueden aplicar a varios archivos a la vez. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Acciones de edición + +Al hacer clic con el botón derecho en una pestaña de archivo, puede acceder a las acciones del [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Disposición vertical + +Tal como se menciona en la [view options section](./menu/view), puede alternar entre una disposición horizontal o vertical para la lista de archivos. +La lista vertical de archivos es útil cuando tiene muchos archivos abiertos o archivos con varias [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +En efecto, esta disposición le permite inspeccionar el contenido de los archivos a través de secciones plegables. + +También puede aplicar [edit actions](./menu/edit) y [tools](./toolbar/) a los elementos internos del archivo. +Además, puede arrastrar y soltar los elementos internos para reordenarlos, o moverlos dentro de la jerarquía o incluso a otro archivo. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Perfil de elevación y estadísticas + +En la parte inferior de la interfaz, puede ver el perfil de elevación y estadísticas para la selección actual. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Estadísticas interactivas + +Al pasar el cursor sobre el perfil de elevación, un globo emergente mostrará estadísticas en la posición del cursor. +Para obtener las estadísticas de una sección específica del perfil de elevación, puede arrastrar para crear una selección rectangular en el perfil. +Haga clic en el perfil para reiniciar la selección. + +### Datos adicionales + +Usando los botones situados a la derecha del perfil de elevación, puede colorearlo por: + +- **pendiente** información calculada a partir de los datos de elevación, o +- **superficie** datos obtenidos de etiquetas de superficie de OpenStreetMap. + Solo disponible para archivos creados con **gpx.studio**. + +Si su selección lo incluye, puede visualizar datos de **velocidad** , **ritmo cardíaco** , **cadencia** , **temperatura** y **potencia** en el perfil de elevación. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6f43adaa --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Ayude a mantener este sitio gratis (y libre de anuncios) + +Cada vez que añade o mueve puntos GPS, nuestros servidores calculan la mejor ruta en la red de carreteras. +También usamos APIs de Mapbox para mostrar hermosos mapas, obtener datos de elevación y permitirle buscar lugares. + +Por desgracia, esto es caro. +Si disfruta usando esta herramienta y la encuentra valiosa, por favor considere hacer una pequeña donación para ayudar a mantener este sitio gratis y libre de anuncios. + +¡Muchas gracias por su apoyo! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8cbf3a84 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox es la empresa que proporciona algunos de los hermosos mapas de este sitio. +Ellos también desarrollan el motor de mapas que impulsa **gpx.studio**. + +Somos increíblemente afortunados y agradecemos se parte de su programa Comunidad, que apoya a organizaciones sin ánimo de lucro, instituciones educativas y de impacto positivo. +Esta asociación permite a **gpx.studio** beneficiarse de las herramientas de Mapbox a precios con descuento, contribuyendo en gran medida a la viabilidad financiera del proyecto y permitiéndonos ofrecer la mejor experiencia de usuario posible. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3cbfcf14 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Traducción + +Este sitio está traducido por voluntarios usando una plataforma de traducción colaborativa. +Puede contribuir añadiendo o mejorando las traducciones en nuestro proyecto Crowdin. + +Si quiere comenzar la traducción en un nuevo idioma, por favor contáctenos. + +¡Tu ayuda es bienvenida! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..64d95519 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +Para controlar la orientación e inclinación del mapa, puede arrastrarlo mientras mantiene pulsada la tecla Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +Solo funciona si ha permitido que su navegador y gpx.studio accedan a su ubicación. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1ae550ea --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +El menú principal, situado en la parte superior de la interfaz, proporciona acceso a acciones, opciones y configuraciones divididas en varias categorías, explicadas por separado en las siguientes secciones. + + + +``` +La mayoría de las acciones pueden ser ejecutadas usando los atajos de teclado que se muestran en el menú. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3682e79e --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Acciones de edición +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +Esta acción solo está disponible cuando está activada la disposición vertical de la lista de archivos. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +Esta acción solo está disponible cuando está activada la disposición vertical de la lista de archivos. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +Esta acción solo está disponible cuando está activada la disposición vertical de la lista de archivos. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b178d396 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +Puede arrastrar y soltar archivos directamente desde su sistema de archivos a la ventana. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8e2064c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +Puede contribuir añadiendo o mejorando traducciones en nuestro proyecto Crowdin. +Si quiere comenzar a traducir un nuevo idioma, por favor contáctenos. +Cualquier ayuda será bienvenida! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0112b26e --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +Para controlar la orientación e inclinación del mapa, puede arrastrarlo mientras mantiene pulsada la tecla Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fdc9b21f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +Al extraer las pistas de un archivo que contenga puntos de interés, la herramienta asignará automáticamente cada punto de interés a la pista más cercana a él. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..331da4da --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +El valor de tolerancia representa la distancia máxima permitida entre la ruta original y la simplificada. +Puede leer más sobre el algoritmo usado aquí. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2ad4d213 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +Al editar archivos GPX importados, automáticamente se crea un conjunto inicial de puntos ancla. +Para facilitar el proceso de edición, se visualiza un mayor número de puntos ancla cuanto mayor es la ampliación del mapa. +Esto permite la edición de la ruta con diferentes niveles de detalle. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..957d0d86 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/es/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Tiempo +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +Al usar esta herramienta con marcas de tiempo existentes, los cambios en el tiempo o velocidad simplemente las desplazará, extenderá o comprimirá en consonancia. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6b5bcc5f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Aidez à garder le site gratuit (et sans pub) + +Chaque fois que vous ajoutez ou déplacez des points GPS, nos serveurs calculent le meilleur itinéraire sur le réseau routier. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Malheureusement, cela est coûteux. +Si vous aimez utiliser cet outil et le trouvez utile, veuillez envisager de faire même un petit don pour aider à garder le site gratuit et sans pub. + +Merci beaucoup pour votre soutien ! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..19df6112 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox est l'entreprise qui fournit certaines des magnifiques cartes du site. +Ils développent également le moteur de carte sur lequel est basé **gpx.studio**. + +Nous sommes incroyablement chanceux et reconnaissants de faire partie de leur programme Community qui soutient les organismes à but non lucratif, les établissements d'enseignement et les organisations à impact positif. +Ce partenariat permet à **gpx.studio** de bénéficier des outils Mapbox à prix réduits, contribuant grandement à la viabilité financière du projet et nous permettant d'offrir la meilleure expérience utilisateur possible. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34b92668 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Traduction + +Le site est traduit par des bénévoles sur une plate-forme de traduction collaborative. +Vous pouvez contribuer en ajoutant ou en améliorant des traductions sur notre projet Crowdin. + +Si vous voulez commencer la traduction dans une nouvelle langue, vous pouvez nous contacter. + +Toute aide est grandement appréciée ! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a699dc5a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/fr/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Temps +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c7014f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Help keep the website free (and ad-free) + +Each time you add or move GPS points, our servers calculate the best route on the road network. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Unfortunately, this is expensive. +If you enjoy using this tool and find it valuable, please consider making a small donation to help keep the website free and ad-free. + +Thank you very much for your support! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3085ec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox is the company that provides some of the beautiful maps on this website. +They also develop the map engine which powers **gpx.studio**. + +We are incredibly fortunate and grateful to be part of their Community program, which supports nonprofits, educational institutions, and positive impact organizations. +This partnership allows **gpx.studio** to benefit from Mapbox tools at discounted prices, greatly contributing to the financial viability of the project and enabling us to offer the best possible user experience. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eeccddaa --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Translation + +The website is translated by volunteers using a collaborative translation platform. +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. + +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. + +Minden segítségnek nagyon örülünk és nagyra értékelünk! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86ab5c3a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/hu/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Idő +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fa32d54a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### Selezione del file + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Layout verticale + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Profilo di elevazione e statistiche + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Statistiche interattive + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +Per ottenere le statistiche per una sezione specifica del profilo di elevazione, è possibile trascinare un rettangolo di selezione sul profilo. +Fare clic sul profilo per resettare la selezione. + +### Dati aggiuntivi + +Utilizzando i pulsanti a destra del profilo di elevazione, è possibile colorare opzionalmente il profilo di elevazione mediante: + +- **slope** informazioni calcolate dai dati di elevazione, o +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + È disponibile solo per i file creati con **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c7014f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Help keep the website free (and ad-free) + +Each time you add or move GPS points, our servers calculate the best route on the road network. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Unfortunately, this is expensive. +If you enjoy using this tool and find it valuable, please consider making a small donation to help keep the website free and ad-free. + +Thank you very much for your support! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3085ec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox is the company that provides some of the beautiful maps on this website. +They also develop the map engine which powers **gpx.studio**. + +We are incredibly fortunate and grateful to be part of their Community program, which supports nonprofits, educational institutions, and positive impact organizations. +This partnership allows **gpx.studio** to benefit from Mapbox tools at discounted prices, greatly contributing to the financial viability of the project and enabling us to offer the best possible user experience. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..589c2a08 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Translation + +The website is translated by volunteers using a collaborative translation platform. +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. + +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. + +Qualsiasi aiuto è molto apprezzato! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2fb315e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/it/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Dati temporali +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c7014f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Help keep the website free (and ad-free) + +Each time you add or move GPS points, our servers calculate the best route on the road network. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Unfortunately, this is expensive. +If you enjoy using this tool and find it valuable, please consider making a small donation to help keep the website free and ad-free. + +Thank you very much for your support! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3085ec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox is the company that provides some of the beautiful maps on this website. +They also develop the map engine which powers **gpx.studio**. + +We are incredibly fortunate and grateful to be part of their Community program, which supports nonprofits, educational institutions, and positive impact organizations. +This partnership allows **gpx.studio** to benefit from Mapbox tools at discounted prices, greatly contributing to the financial viability of the project and enabling us to offer the best possible user experience. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1299512e --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Translation + +The website is translated by volunteers using a collaborative translation platform. +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. + +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. + +Any help is greatly appreciated! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92319c8a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/lt/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Time +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a35f74d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### Bestand selecteren + +Door op een tabblad te klikken, kun je schakelen tussen de bestanden om de statistieken daarvan te controleren, en bewerkingen er op toe te passen (./menu/edit) en (./toolbar/). +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c7014f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Help keep the website free (and ad-free) + +Each time you add or move GPS points, our servers calculate the best route on the road network. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Unfortunately, this is expensive. +If you enjoy using this tool and find it valuable, please consider making a small donation to help keep the website free and ad-free. + +Thank you very much for your support! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3085ec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox is the company that provides some of the beautiful maps on this website. +They also develop the map engine which powers **gpx.studio**. + +We are incredibly fortunate and grateful to be part of their Community program, which supports nonprofits, educational institutions, and positive impact organizations. +This partnership allows **gpx.studio** to benefit from Mapbox tools at discounted prices, greatly contributing to the financial viability of the project and enabling us to offer the best possible user experience. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..30361c93 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Translation + +The website is translated by volunteers using a collaborative translation platform. +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. + +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. + +Elke hulp wordt zeer gewaardeerd! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a9ed568 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/nl/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Tijd +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c7014f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Help keep the website free (and ad-free) + +Each time you add or move GPS points, our servers calculate the best route on the road network. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Unfortunately, this is expensive. +If you enjoy using this tool and find it valuable, please consider making a small donation to help keep the website free and ad-free. + +Thank you very much for your support! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3085ec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox is the company that provides some of the beautiful maps on this website. +They also develop the map engine which powers **gpx.studio**. + +We are incredibly fortunate and grateful to be part of their Community program, which supports nonprofits, educational institutions, and positive impact organizations. +This partnership allows **gpx.studio** to benefit from Mapbox tools at discounted prices, greatly contributing to the financial viability of the project and enabling us to offer the best possible user experience. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..540a47e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Translation + +The website is translated by volunteers using a collaborative translation platform. +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. + +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. + +All hjelp er høyt verdsatt! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92319c8a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/no/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Time +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c7014f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Help keep the website free (and ad-free) + +Each time you add or move GPS points, our servers calculate the best route on the road network. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Unfortunately, this is expensive. +If you enjoy using this tool and find it valuable, please consider making a small donation to help keep the website free and ad-free. + +Thank you very much for your support! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3085ec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox is the company that provides some of the beautiful maps on this website. +They also develop the map engine which powers **gpx.studio**. + +We are incredibly fortunate and grateful to be part of their Community program, which supports nonprofits, educational institutions, and positive impact organizations. +This partnership allows **gpx.studio** to benefit from Mapbox tools at discounted prices, greatly contributing to the financial viability of the project and enabling us to offer the best possible user experience. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e35a2759 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Translation + +The website is translated by volunteers using a collaborative translation platform. +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. + +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. + +Każda pomoc jest bardzo mile widziana! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92319c8a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pl/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Time +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f95f45a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Ajude a manter o site gratuito (e sem anúncios) + +Cada vez que você adiciona ou move pontos de GPS, nosso servidor calcula a melhor rota no mapa. +Nos também usamos as APIs do Mapbox para mostrar mapas bonitos, pegar dados de elevação e permitir que você busque por lugares. + +Infelizmente, isso é caro. +Se você gosta dessa ferramenta e acha ela valiosa, considere fazer uma pequena doação para ajudar a manter o site grátis e sem propagandas. + +Muito obrigado pelo seu apoio! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ffc07c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox é uma empresa que fornece alguns dos belos mapas desse site. +Eles também desenvolvem o mecanismo de mapa que alimenta **gpx.studio**. + +Somos incrivelmente afortunados e gratos de ser parte do programa de Comunidade, que apoia instituições educacionais, sem fins lucrativos e de grande impacto positivo. +Essa parceria permite **gpx.studio** se beneficiar de descontos no uso das ferramentas do Mapbox, contribuindo para a viabilidade financeira do projeto e nos permite oferecer a melhor experiência possível de usuário. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5144cd44 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Tradução + +O site é traduzido por voluntários usando uma plataforma de tradução colaborativa. +Você pode contribuir adicionando ou melhorando as traduções em nosso projeto do Crowdin. + +Se quiser iniciar a tradução de uma nova língua, por favor entre em contato. + +Qualquer ajuda é muito bem-vinda! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92319c8a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt-br/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Time +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f95f45a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Ajude a manter o site gratuito (e sem anúncios) + +Cada vez que você adiciona ou move pontos de GPS, nosso servidor calcula a melhor rota no mapa. +Nos também usamos as APIs do Mapbox para mostrar mapas bonitos, pegar dados de elevação e permitir que você busque por lugares. + +Infelizmente, isso é caro. +Se você gosta dessa ferramenta e acha ela valiosa, considere fazer uma pequena doação para ajudar a manter o site grátis e sem propagandas. + +Muito obrigado pelo seu apoio! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ffc07c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox é uma empresa que fornece alguns dos belos mapas desse site. +Eles também desenvolvem o mecanismo de mapa que alimenta **gpx.studio**. + +Somos incrivelmente afortunados e gratos de ser parte do programa de Comunidade, que apoia instituições educacionais, sem fins lucrativos e de grande impacto positivo. +Essa parceria permite **gpx.studio** se beneficiar de descontos no uso das ferramentas do Mapbox, contribuindo para a viabilidade financeira do projeto e nos permite oferecer a melhor experiência possível de usuário. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5144cd44 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Tradução + +O site é traduzido por voluntários usando uma plataforma de tradução colaborativa. +Você pode contribuir adicionando ou melhorando as traduções em nosso projeto do Crowdin. + +Se quiser iniciar a tradução de uma nova língua, por favor entre em contato. + +Qualquer ajuda é muito bem-vinda! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b58fb337 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +A barra de ferramentas está localizada do lado esquerdo do mapa sendo o coração da aplicação, dando acesso as principais funcionalidades do **gpx.studio**. +Cada ferramenta é representada por um ícone e pode ser ativado ao clicar sobre ele. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +Assim como [ações de edição](./menu/edit), a maioria das ferramentas pode ser aplicada a vários arquivos de uma só vez e também [faixas e segmentos](./gpx). + +As próximas seções descrevem cada ferramenta em detalhes. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8870170d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/pt/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Tempo +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c7014f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Help keep the website free (and ad-free) + +Each time you add or move GPS points, our servers calculate the best route on the road network. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Unfortunately, this is expensive. +If you enjoy using this tool and find it valuable, please consider making a small donation to help keep the website free and ad-free. + +Thank you very much for your support! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3085ec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox is the company that provides some of the beautiful maps on this website. +They also develop the map engine which powers **gpx.studio**. + +We are incredibly fortunate and grateful to be part of their Community program, which supports nonprofits, educational institutions, and positive impact organizations. +This partnership allows **gpx.studio** to benefit from Mapbox tools at discounted prices, greatly contributing to the financial viability of the project and enabling us to offer the best possible user experience. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..909df9a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Translation + +The website is translated by volunteers using a collaborative translation platform. +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. + +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. + +Orice ajutor este foarte apreciat! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92319c8a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ro/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Time +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c7014f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Help keep the website free (and ad-free) + +Each time you add or move GPS points, our servers calculate the best route on the road network. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Unfortunately, this is expensive. +If you enjoy using this tool and find it valuable, please consider making a small donation to help keep the website free and ad-free. + +Thank you very much for your support! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3085ec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox is the company that provides some of the beautiful maps on this website. +They also develop the map engine which powers **gpx.studio**. + +We are incredibly fortunate and grateful to be part of their Community program, which supports nonprofits, educational institutions, and positive impact organizations. +This partnership allows **gpx.studio** to benefit from Mapbox tools at discounted prices, greatly contributing to the financial viability of the project and enabling us to offer the best possible user experience. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70d6cef0 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Translation + +The website is translated by volunteers using a collaborative translation platform. +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. + +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. + +Любая помощь очень ценится! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42c3d358 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/ru/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Время +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c7014f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Help keep the website free (and ad-free) + +Each time you add or move GPS points, our servers calculate the best route on the road network. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Unfortunately, this is expensive. +If you enjoy using this tool and find it valuable, please consider making a small donation to help keep the website free and ad-free. + +Thank you very much for your support! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3085ec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox is the company that provides some of the beautiful maps on this website. +They also develop the map engine which powers **gpx.studio**. + +We are incredibly fortunate and grateful to be part of their Community program, which supports nonprofits, educational institutions, and positive impact organizations. +This partnership allows **gpx.studio** to benefit from Mapbox tools at discounted prices, greatly contributing to the financial viability of the project and enabling us to offer the best possible user experience. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fbc83188 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Translation + +The website is translated by volunteers using a collaborative translation platform. +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. + +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. + +All hjälp är mycket uppskattad! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92319c8a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/sv/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Time +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c7014f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Help keep the website free (and ad-free) + +Each time you add or move GPS points, our servers calculate the best route on the road network. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Unfortunately, this is expensive. +If you enjoy using this tool and find it valuable, please consider making a small donation to help keep the website free and ad-free. + +Thank you very much for your support! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3085ec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox is the company that provides some of the beautiful maps on this website. +They also develop the map engine which powers **gpx.studio**. + +We are incredibly fortunate and grateful to be part of their Community program, which supports nonprofits, educational institutions, and positive impact organizations. +This partnership allows **gpx.studio** to benefit from Mapbox tools at discounted prices, greatly contributing to the financial viability of the project and enabling us to offer the best possible user experience. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1299512e --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Translation + +The website is translated by volunteers using a collaborative translation platform. +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. + +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. + +Any help is greatly appreciated! diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92319c8a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/vi/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Time +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/files-and-stats.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/files-and-stats.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a79c636 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/files-and-stats.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +--- +title: Files and statistics +--- + + + +# { title } + +## File list + +Once you have [opened](./menu/file) files, they will be shown as tabs in the file list located at the bottom of the map. +You can reorder them by dragging and dropping the tabs. +And when many files are open, you can scroll through the list of tabs to navigate between them. + + + +``` +When using a mouse, you need to hold Shift to scroll horizontally. +``` + + + +### File selection + +By clicking on a tab, you can switch between the files to inspect their statistics, and apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to them. +By holding the Ctrl/Cmd key, you can add files to the selection or remove them, and by holding Shift, you can select a range of files. +Most of the [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) can be applied to multiple files at once. + + + +``` +You can also navigate through the files using the arrow keys on your keyboard, and use Shift to add files to the selection. +``` + + + +### Edit actions + +By right-clicking on a file tab, you can access the same actions as in the [edit menu](./menu/edit). + +### Vertical layout + +As mentioned in the [view options section](./menu/view), you can switch between a horizontal and a vertical layout for the file list. +The vertical file list is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). +Indeed, this layout allows you to inspect the content of the files through collapsible sections. + +You can also apply [edit actions](./menu/edit) and [tools](./toolbar/) to internal file items. +Furthermore, you can drag and drop the inner items to reorder them, or move them in the hierarchy or even to another file. + + + +``` +The size of the file list can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the file list. +``` + + + +## Elevation profile and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you can find the elevation profile and statistics for the current selection. + + + +``` +The size of the elevation profile can be adjusted by dragging the separator between the map and the elevation profile. +``` + + + +### Interactive statistics + +When hovering over the elevation profile, a tooltip will show statistics at the cursor position. +To get the statistics for a specific section of the elevation profile, you can drag a selection rectangle on the profile. +Click on the profile to reset the selection. + +### Additional data + +Using the buttons on the right of the elevation profile, you can optionally color the elevation profile by: + +- **slope** information computed from the elevation data, or +- **surface** data coming from OpenStreetMap's surface tags. + This is only available for files created with **gpx.studio**. + +If your selection includes it, you can also visualize: **speed** , **heart rate** , **cadence** , **temperature** , and **power** data on the elevation profile. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/getting-started.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/getting-started.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c57e8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/getting-started.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: Getting started +--- + + + +# { title } + +Welcome to the official guide for **gpx.studio**! +This guide will walk you through all the components and tools of the interface, helping you become a proficient user of the application. + + + +As shown in the screenshot above, the interface is divided into four main sections organized around the map. +Before we dive into the details of each section, let's have a quick overview of the interface. + +## Menu + +At the top of the interface, you will find the [main menu](./menu). +This is where you can access common actions such as opening, closing, and exporting files, undoing and redoing actions, and adjusting the application settings. + +## Files and statistics + +At the bottom of the interface, you will find the list of files currently open in the application. +You can click on a file to select it and display its statistics below the list. +In the [dedicated section](./files-and-stats), we will explain how to select multiple files and switch to a vertical layout for advanced file management. + +## Toolbar + +On the left side of the interface, you will find the [toolbar](./toolbar), which contains all the tools you can use to edit your files. + +## Map controls + +Finally, on the right side of the interface, you will find the [map controls](./map-controls). +These controls allow you to navigate the map, zoom in and out, and switch between different map styles. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/gpx.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/gpx.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bef13ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/gpx.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: GPX file format +--- + + + +# { title } + +The GPX file format is an open standard for exchanging GPS data between applications and GPS devices. +It essentially consists of a series of GPS points encoding one or multiple GPS traces, and, optionally, some points of interest. + +GPX files may also contain metadata, of which the **name** and **description** fields are the most useful for users. + +### Tracks, segments, and GPS points + +As mentioned above, a GPX file can contain multiple GPS traces. +These are organized in a hierarchical structure, with tracks at the top level. + +- A **track** is made of a sequence of disconnected segments. + Furthermore, it can contain metadata such as a **name**, a **description**, and **appearance properties**. +- A **segment** is a sequence of GPS points that form a continuous path. +- A **GPS point** is a location with a latitude, a longitude, and optionally a timestamp and an altitude. + Some devices also store additional information such as heart rate, cadence, temperature, and power. + +In most cases, GPX files contain a single track with a single segment. +However, the hierarchy described above allows for more advanced use cases, such as planning multi-day trips with several variants for each day. + +### Points of interest + +**Points of interest** (technically called _waypoints_) represent locations of interest to show either on a GPS device or on a digital map. + +In addition to its coordinates, a point of interest can have a **name** and a **description**. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/home/funding.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/home/funding.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c7014f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/home/funding.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +## Help keep the website free (and ad-free) + +Each time you add or move GPS points, our servers calculate the best route on the road network. +We also use APIs from Mapbox to display beautiful maps, retrieve elevation data and allow you to search for places. + +Unfortunately, this is expensive. +If you enjoy using this tool and find it valuable, please consider making a small donation to help keep the website free and ad-free. + +Thank you very much for your support! ❤️ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/home/mapbox.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/home/mapbox.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3085ec53 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/home/mapbox.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Mapbox is the company that provides some of the beautiful maps on this website. +They also develop the map engine which powers **gpx.studio**. + +We are incredibly fortunate and grateful to be part of their Community program, which supports nonprofits, educational institutions, and positive impact organizations. +This partnership allows **gpx.studio** to benefit from Mapbox tools at discounted prices, greatly contributing to the financial viability of the project and enabling us to offer the best possible user experience. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/home/translation.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/home/translation.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aefa3a16 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/home/translation.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +## Translation + +The website is translated by volunteers using a collaborative translation platform. +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. + +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. + +我们非常感谢任何帮助！ diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/integration.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5127ad76 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Integration +--- + + + +# { title } + +You can use **gpx.studio** to create maps showing your GPX files and embed them in your website. + +All you need is: + +1. A Mapbox access token to load the map, and +2. GPX files hosted on your server or a public URL. + +You can then play with the configurator below to customize your map and generate the corresponding HTML code. + + + +``` +You will need to set up Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on your server to allow gpx.studio to load your GPX files. +``` + + + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/map-controls.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/map-controls.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b83448bb --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/map-controls.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: Map controls +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Map navigation + +The controls at the top allow you to zoom in and out , and to change the orientation of the map . + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + + +### Search bar + +You can use the search bar to look for an address and navigate to it on the map. + +### Locate button + +The locate button will center the map on your current location. + + + +``` +This only works if you have allowed your browser and gpx.studio to access your location. +``` + + + +### Street view + +This button can be used to enable street view mode on the map. +Depending on the street view source chosen in the [settings](./menu/settings), street view imagery can be accessed differently. + +- Mapillary: the street view coverage will appear as green lines on the map. When zoomed in enough, green dots will show the exact locations where street view imagery is available. Hovering over a green dot will show the street view image at that location. +- Google Street View: click on the map to open a new tab with the street view imagery at that location. + +### Map layers + +The map layers button allows you to switch between different basemaps, and toggle map overlays and categories of points of interest. + +- **Basemaps** are background maps that present the main geographic features of the world. + Depending on their purpose, basemaps will have different styles and levels of detail. + Only one basemap can be displayed at a time. +- **Overlays** are additional layers that can be displayed on top of the basemap to provide complementary information. +- **Points of interest** can be added to the map to show different categories of places, such as shops, restaurants, or accommodations. + +
+ + + Hover over the map to show the Waymarked Trails hiking overlay on top of the Mapbox Outdoors basemap. + +
+ +A large collection of global and local basemaps and overlays is available in **gpx.studio**, as well as a selection of point-of-interest categories. +They can be enabled in the [map layer settings dialog](./menu/settings). + +In these settings, you can also manage the opacity of the overlays. + +For advanced users, it is possible to add custom basemaps and overlays by providing WMTS, WMS, or Mapbox style JSON URLs. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/menu.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/menu.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b20898 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/menu.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: Menu +--- + + + +# { title } + +The main menu, located at the top of the interface, provides access to actions, options, and settings divided into several categories, explained separately in the following sections. + + + +``` +Most of the menu actions can also be performed using the keyboard shortcuts displayed in the menu. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/menu/edit.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/menu/edit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3aed2b --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/menu/edit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: Edit actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +Unlike the file actions, the edit actions can potentially modify the content of the currently selected files. +Moreover, when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled (see [Files and statistics](../files-and-stats)), they can also be applied to [tracks, segments, and points of interest](../gpx). +Therefore, we will refer to the elements that can be modified by these actions as _file items_. +Note that except for the undo and redo actions, the edit actions are also accessible through the context menu (right-click) of the file items. + +### Undo and redo + +Using these buttons, you can undo or redo the last actions you performed. +This applies to all actions of the interface but not to view options, application settings, or map navigation. + +### Info... + +Open the information dialog of the currently selected file item, where you can see and edit its name and description. + +### Appearance... + +Open the appearance dialog, where you can change the color, opacity, and width of the selected file items on the map. + +### Hide/unhide + +Toggle the visibility of the selected file items on the map. + +### Select all + +Add all file items in the current hierarchy level to the selection. + +### Copy + +Copy the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Cut + +Cut the selected file items to the clipboard. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Paste + +Paste the file items from the clipboard to the current hierarchy level if they are compatible with it. + + + +``` +This action is only available when the vertical layout of the files list is enabled. +``` + + + +### Delete + +Delete the selected file items. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/menu/file.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/menu/file.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76301ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/menu/file.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: File actions +--- + + + +# { title } + +The file actions menu contains a set of pretty self-explanatory file operations. + +### New + +Create a new empty file. + +### Open... + +Open files from your computer. + + + +``` +You can also drag and drop files directly from your file system into the window. +``` + + + +### Duplicate + +Create a copy of the currently selected files. + +### Close + +Close the currently selected files. + +### Close all + +Close all files. + +### Export... + +Open the export dialog to save the currently selected files to your computer. + +### Export all... + +Open the export dialog to save all files to your computer. + + + +``` +If your download does not start after clicking the download button, please check your browser settings to allow downloads from gpx.studio. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/menu/settings.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/menu/settings.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8298e2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/menu/settings.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: Settings +--- + + + +# { title } + +### Distance units + +Change the units used to display distances in the interface. + +### Velocity units + +Change the units used to display velocities in the interface. +You can choose between distance per hour or minutes per distance, which can be more suitable for running activities. + +### Temperature units + +Change the units used to display temperatures in the interface. + +### Language + +Change the language used in the interface. + + + +``` +You can contribute by adding or improving translations on our Crowdin project. +If you would like to start translating into a new language, please get in touch. +Any help is greatly appreciated! +``` + + + +### Theme + +Change the theme used in the interface. + +### Street view source + +Change the source used for the [street view control](../map-controls). +The default one is Mapillary, but you can also use Google Street View. +Learn more about how to use the street view control in the [map controls section](../map-controls). + +### Map layers... + +This opens a dialog where you can enable or disable map layers, add custom ones, change the opacity of overlays, and more. +More information about map layers can be found in the [map controls section](../map-controls). diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/menu/view.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/menu/view.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f040954 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/menu/view.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: View options +--- + + + +# { title } + +This menu provides options to rearrange the interface and the map view. + +### Elevation profile + +Hide the elevation profile to make room for the map, or show it to inspect the current selection. + +### Vertical file list + +Switch between a vertical and a horizontal layout for the file list. +The [vertical file list](../files-and-stats) is useful when you have many files open, or files with multiple [tracks, segments, or waypoints](../gpx). + +### Switch to previous basemap + +Change the basemap to the one previously selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Toggle overlays + +Toggle the visibility of the map overlays selected through the [map layer control](../map-controls). + +### Distance markers + +Toggle the visibility of distance markers on the map. +They are displayed for the current selection, like the [elevation profile](../files-and-stats). + +### Direction arrows + +Toggle the visibility of direction arrows on the map. + +### Toggle 3D + +Enter or exit the 3D map view. + + + +``` +To control the orientation and tilt of the map, you can also drag the map while holding Ctrl. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a6a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Toolbar +--- + + + +# { title } + +The toolbar is located on the left side of the map and is the heart of the application, as it provides access to the main features of **gpx.studio**. +Each tool is represented by an icon and can be activated by clicking on it. + +
+
+ +
+
+ +As with [edit actions](./menu/edit), most tools can be applied to multiple files at once and to [inner tracks and segments](./gpx). + +The next sections describe each tool in detail. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/clean.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/clean.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8b8ffc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/clean.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: Clean +--- + + + +# { title } + +When the clean tool is selected, dragging the map will create a rectangular selection. + +Depending on the options selected in the dialog shown below, clicking the delete button will remove GPS points and/or [points of interest](../gpx) located either inside or outside the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/extract.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/extract.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..838f8289 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/extract.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Extract +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to extract [tracks (or segments)](../gpx) from files (or tracks) containing multiple of them. + +
+ +
+ +Applying the tool to a file containing multiple tracks will create a new file for each of the tracks it contains. +Similarly, applying the tool to a track containing multiple segments will create (in the same file) a new track for each of the segments it contains. + + + +``` +When extracting the tracks from a file containing points of interest, the tool will automatically assign each point of interest to the track it is closest to. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/merge.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/merge.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ca1f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/merge.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +--- +title: Merge +--- + + + +# { title } + +To use this tool, you need to [select](../files-and-stats) multiple files, [tracks, or segments](../gpx). + +- If your goal is to create a single continuous trace from your selection, use the **Connect the traces** option and validate. +- The second option can be used to create or manage files with multiple [tracks or segments](../gpx). + Merging files (or tracks) will result in a single file (or track) containing all tracks (or segments) from the selection. + +
+ +
diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/minify.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/minify.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217f9539 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/minify.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: Minify +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool can be used to reduce the number of GPS points in a trace, which can be useful for decreasing its size. + +You can adjust the tolerance of the simplification algorithm using the slider, and see the number of points that will be kept, as well as the simplified trace on the map. + +
+ +
+ + + +``` +The tolerance value represents the maximum distance allowed between the original trace and the simplified trace. +You can read more about the algorithm used here. +``` + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/poi.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/poi.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc531f --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/poi.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: Points of interest +--- + + + +# { title } + +[Points of interest](../gpx) can be added to GPX files to mark locations of interest on the map and display them on your GPS device. + +### Creating a point of interest + +To create a point of interest, fill in the form shown below. +You can choose the location of the point of interest either by clicking on the map or by entering the coordinates manually. +Validate the form when you are done. + +
+ +
+ +### Editing a point of interest + +The form above can also be used to edit an existing point of interest after selecting it on the map. +If you only need to move the point of interest, you can drag it to the desired location. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/routing.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/routing.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77af69d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/routing.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: Route planning and editing +--- + + + +# { title } + +The route planning and editing tool allows you to create and edit routes by placing or moving anchor points on the map. + +## Settings + +As shown below, the tool dialog contains a few settings to control the routing behavior. +You can minimize the dialog to save space by clicking on . + +
+ +
+ +### Routing + +When routing is enabled, anchor points placed or moved on the map will be connected by a route calculated on the OpenStreetMap road network. +Disable routing to connect anchor points with straight lines. +This setting can also be toggled by pressing F5. + +### Activity + +Select the activity type to tailor the routes for. + +### Allow private roads + +When enabled, the routing engine will consider private roads when computing routes. + + + +``` +Only use this option if you have local knowledge of the area and have permission to use the roads in question. +``` + + + +## Plotting and editing routes + +Creating a route or extending an existing one is as simple as clicking on the map to place a new anchor point. + +You can also drag an existing anchor point to reroute the segment connecting it with the previous and next anchor points. + +Furthermore, new anchor points can be inserted between existing ones by hovering over the segment connecting them and dragging the anchor point that appears to the desired location. + + + +``` +When editing imported GPX files, an initial set of anchor points is created automatically. +To ease the editing process, the more the map is zoomed in, the more anchor points are displayed. +This allows the route to be edited at different levels of detail. +``` + + + +Finally, you can delete anchor points by clicking on them and selecting from the context menu. + + + +## Additional tools + +The following tools automate some common route modification operations. + +### Reverse + +Reverse the direction of the route. + +### Back to start + +Connect the last point of the route with the starting point, using the chosen routing settings. + +### Round trip + +Return to the starting point by the same route. + +### Change the start of the loop + +When the end point of the route is close enough to the start, you can change the start of the loop by clicking on any anchor point and selecting from the context menu. diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/scissors.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/scissors.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43a335a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/scissors.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: Crop and split +--- + + + +# { title } + +## Crop + +Using the slider, you can define the part of the selected trace that you want to keep. +The start and end markers on the map and the [statistics and elevation profile](../files-and-stats) are updated in real time to reflect the selection. +Alternatively, you can drag a selection rectangle directly on the elevation profile. +Validate the selection when you are satisfied with the result. + +
+ +
+ +## Split + +To split the selected trace into two parts, hover over the trace on the map. +Scissors will appear at the cursor position, indicating that you can split the trace at this point. + +You can choose to split the trace into two GPX files, or to keep the split parts in the same file as [tracks or segments](../gpx). + + diff --git a/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/time.mdx b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/time.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92319c8a --- /dev/null +++ b/website/src/lib/docs/zh/toolbar/time.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: Time +--- + + + +# { title } + +This tool allows you to change or add timestamps to a trace. +You simply need to use the form shown below and validate it when you are done. + +
+
+ +When you edit the speed, the moving time is adapted accordingly in the form, and vice versa. +Similarly, when you edit the start time, the end time is updated to keep the same total duration, and vice versa. + + + +``` +When using this tool with existing timestamps, changing the time or speed will simply shift, stretch, or compress them accordingly. +``` + +